blob: 12c3a3a2b00744f8c064c6c773cd445979c50a31 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000155 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
156 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
157 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
158 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 }
162 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000163}
164
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000165SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
166 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
167 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
168}
169
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
171// Standard Promotions and Conversions
172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000174/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
175void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
176 QualType Ty = E->getType();
177 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
178
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000180 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000181 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000182 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
183 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
184 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
185 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
186 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
187 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
188 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000189 //
190 // C++ 4.2p1:
191 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
192 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
193 //
194 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
195 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000196 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
197 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199}
200
201/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000202/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000203/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
204/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
205/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
206Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
207 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
208 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000209
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000210 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
211 //
212 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
213 // unsigned int may be used:
214 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
215 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
216 // and unsigned int.
217 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
218 //
219 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
220 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
221 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
222 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000223 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
224 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000225 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000226 return Expr;
227 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000229 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000230 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000231 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000232 }
233
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000235 return Expr;
236}
237
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000238/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000239/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000240/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
241void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
242 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
243 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000244
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000245 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000246 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000247 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000248 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
249 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000250
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000251 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
252}
253
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000254/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
255/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
256/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
257/// completely illegal.
258bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000259 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000261 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000262 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
263 case Unevaluated:
264 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
265 break;
266
267 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
268 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
269 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
270 << Expr->getType() << CT;
271 return true;
272
273 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +0000274 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Expr->getLocStart(),
275 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
276 << Expr->getType() << CT);
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000277 break;
278 }
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000279 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000280
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000281 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
282 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
283 case Unevaluated:
284 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
285 break;
286
287 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
288 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
289 << Expr->getType() << CT;
290 break;
291
292 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +0000293 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Expr->getLocStart(),
294 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
295 << Expr->getType() << CT);
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000296 break;
297 }
298 }
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000299
300 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000301}
302
303
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
305/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000306/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
308/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
309/// GCC.
310QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
311 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000312 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000313 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314
315 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000316
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000317 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000318 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000319 QualType lhs =
320 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000321 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000322 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000323
324 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
325 if (lhs == rhs)
326 return lhs;
327
328 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
329 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
330 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
331 return lhs;
332
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000333 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000334 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
336 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000337 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000338 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
339 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
340
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000341 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000342 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000343 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
344 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000345 return destType;
346}
347
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000348//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
349// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
350//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
351
352
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000353/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000354/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
355/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
356/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
357/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000358///
359Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000360Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000361 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
362
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000363 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000364 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000365 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000366
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000367 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000368 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
369 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000371 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000372 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000373 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000374
375 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
376 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
377 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000378
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
380 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
381 // strings.
382 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000383 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000384 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000385
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000386 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000387 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000388 Literal.GetStringLength(),
389 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
390 &StringTokLocs[0],
391 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000392}
393
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000394/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
395/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
396/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
397/// for values inside the block or for globals).
398///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000399/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
400/// up-to-date.
401///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000402static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
403 ValueDecl *VD) {
404 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
405 // we wanted to.
406 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
407 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000409 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
410 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
411 return false;
412
413 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
414 // snapshot it.
415 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
416 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000417 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
418 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000419
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000420 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
421 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
422
423 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
424 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
425 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
426 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
427 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
428 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
429 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
430 // having a reference outside it.
431 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
432 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000434 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
435 // a snapshot as well.
436 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
437 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000438
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000439 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000440}
441
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000442
443
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000444/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000445Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallce546572009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000446Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000447 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000448 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
449 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000450 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000451 << D->getDeclName();
452 return ExprError();
453 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000454
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000455 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
456 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
457 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
458 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000459 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000460 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000462 << D->getIdentifier();
463 return ExprError();
464 }
465 }
466 }
467 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000468
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000469 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000470
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000471 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
472 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
473 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000474 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000475}
476
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000477/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
478/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
479/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000480static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
481 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000482 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000483 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000484
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000485 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
486 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
487 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000488 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000489 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000490 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000491 D != DEnd; ++D) {
492 if (*D == Record) {
493 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
494 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
495 ++D;
496 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000497 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000498 return *D;
499 }
500 }
501
502 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
503 return 0;
504}
505
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000506/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
507/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
508/// actual member.
509///
510/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
511/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
512/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
513/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
514/// we found.
515///
516/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
517/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
518/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
519VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
520 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000521 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
522 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
523 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
524
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000525 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000526 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
527 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
528 do {
529 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000530 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000531 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000532 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 else {
534 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
535 break;
536 }
537 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000538 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000539 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000540
541 return BaseObject;
542}
543
544Sema::OwningExprResult
545Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
546 FieldDecl *Field,
547 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
548 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
549 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000550 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000551 AnonFields);
552
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000553 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
554 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
555 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
556 // found via name lookup.
557 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000558 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000559 if (BaseObject) {
560 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
561 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000562 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000563 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000564 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000565 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000566 BaseQuals
567 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000568 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
569 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
570 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
571 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
572 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000573 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
575 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
576 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000577 BaseQuals
578 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 } else {
580 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
581 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
582 // program our base object expression is "this".
583 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
584 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000585 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000586 = Context.getTagDeclType(
587 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
588 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000589 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000590 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
591 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
592 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000593 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000594 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000595 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
596 }
597 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000598 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
599 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000600 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000601 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 }
603
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000604 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000605 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
606 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000607 }
608
609 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
610 // anonymous struct/union.
611 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000612 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
614 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
615 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
616 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000617 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
618 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
619
620 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
621 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
622 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
623 ResultQuals.removeConst();
624
625 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
626 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
627
628 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
629 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
630
631 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
632 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
633 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
634
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000635 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +0000636 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000637 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000638 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
639 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000640 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000641 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000642 }
643
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000644 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000645}
646
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000647/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
648/// possibly a list of template arguments.
649///
650/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
651/// DecomposeTemplateName.
652///
653/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
654/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
655/// some way.
656static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
657 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
658 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
659 DeclarationName &Name,
660 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
661 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
662 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
663 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
664 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
665
666 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
667 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
668 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
669 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
670 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
671
672 TemplateName TName =
673 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
674
675 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
676 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
677 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
678 } else {
679 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
680 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
681 TemplateArgs = 0;
682 }
683}
684
685/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
686///
687/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
688/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
689/// found template arguments.
690static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
691 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
692 TemplateName TName =
693 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
694
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000695 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
696 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000697 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
698 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
699 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000700 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000701
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000703}
704
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000705static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
706 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
707 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
708 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
709 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
710 if (!BaseRT) return false;
711
712 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
713 if (!BaseRecord->isDefinition() ||
714 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
715 return false;
716 }
717
718 return true;
719}
720
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000721/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
722/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
723static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000724 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000725
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000726 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
727 if (!DC) return true;
728
729 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
730 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
731
732 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
733 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
734
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000735 return false;
736}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000737
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000738/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
739/// the prospective base classes.
740static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
741 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
742 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000743 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000744 return false;
745
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000746 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition(SemaRef.Context);
747 if (!RD) return false;
748 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
749
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000750 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
751 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
752 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
753 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
754 if (!BaseRT) return false;
755
756 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000757 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
758 return false;
759 }
760
761 return true;
762}
763
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000764/// Determines if this a C++ class member.
765static bool IsClassMember(NamedDecl *D) {
766 DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
John McCall1a49e9d2009-12-02 19:59:55 +0000767
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000768 // C++0x [class.mem]p1:
769 // The enumerators of an unscoped enumeration defined in
770 // the class are members of the class.
771 // FIXME: support C++0x scoped enumerations.
772 if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC))
773 DC = DC->getParent();
774
775 return DC->isRecord();
776}
777
778/// Determines if this is an instance member of a class.
779static bool IsInstanceMember(NamedDecl *D) {
780 assert(IsClassMember(D) &&
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000781 "checking whether non-member is instance member");
782
783 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) return true;
784
785 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
786 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
787
788 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
789 D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl();
790 return !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic();
791 }
792
793 return false;
794}
795
796enum IMAKind {
797 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
798 IMA_Static,
799
800 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
801 IMA_Mixed,
802
803 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
804 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
805 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
806
807 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
808 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
809 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
810
811 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
812 IMA_Instance,
813
814 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
815 IMA_Unresolved,
816
817 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
818 /// context is not an instance method.
819 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
820
821 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
822 /// non-class context.
823 IMA_AnonymousMember,
824
825 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
826 /// context is not an instance method.
827 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
828
829 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
830 /// class.
831 IMA_Error_Unrelated
832};
833
834/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
835/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
836/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
837/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
838/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
839/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
840static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
841 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +0000842 assert(!R.empty() && IsClassMember(*R.begin()));
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000843
844 bool isStaticContext =
845 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
846 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
847
848 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
849 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
850
851 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
852 bool hasNonInstance = false;
853 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
854 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
855 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
856 if (IsInstanceMember(D)) {
857 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
858
859 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
860 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
861 // that's a special case.
862 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
863 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
864 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
865 }
866 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
867 }
868 else
869 hasNonInstance = true;
870 }
871
872 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
873 // member reference.
874 if (Classes.empty())
875 return IMA_Static;
876
877 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
878 // an implicit member reference.
879 if (isStaticContext)
880 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
881
882 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
883 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
884 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
885 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
886 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
887 Classes))
888 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
889
890 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
891}
892
893/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
894static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
895 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
896 const LookupResult &R) {
897 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
898 SourceRange Range(Loc);
899 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
900
901 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
902 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
903 if (MD->isStatic()) {
904 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
905 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
906 << Range << R.getLookupName();
907 return;
908 }
909 }
910
911 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
912 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
913 return;
914 }
915
916 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000917}
918
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000919Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
920 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
921 UnqualifiedId &Id,
922 bool HasTrailingLParen,
923 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
924 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
925 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
926
927 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000928 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000929
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000930 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000931
932 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
933 DeclarationName Name;
934 SourceLocation NameLoc;
935 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000936 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
937 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000938
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000939 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000940
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000941 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
942 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
943 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
944 // names a dependent type.
945 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
946 // we need to handle these differently.
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000947 if (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS)) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000948 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +0000949 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000950 TemplateArgs);
951 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000952
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000953 // Perform the required lookup.
954 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
955 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000956 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000957 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000958 } else {
959 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000960
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000961 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
962 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
963 if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
964 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
965 if (E.isInvalid())
966 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000967
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000968 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
969 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000970 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000971 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000972
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000973 if (R.isAmbiguous())
974 return ExprError();
975
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000976 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
977 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000978 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000979
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000980 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000981 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000982 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
983 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
984 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
985 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
986 }
987
988 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
989 // call, diagnose the problem.
990 if (R.empty()) {
991 if (!SS.isEmpty())
992 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member)
993 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
994 << SS.getRange());
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000995 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Alexis Hunt3d221f22009-11-29 07:34:05 +0000996 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000997 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000998 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
999 << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +00001000 else
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001001 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00001002 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001003 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001004
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001005 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1006 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1007
1008 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001009 // Warn about constructs like:
1010 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1011 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001012
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001013 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1014 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001015 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001016 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001017 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001018 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001019 << Var->getDeclName()
1020 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1021 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001022 break;
1023 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001024
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001025 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1026 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001027 }
1028 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001029 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001030 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1031 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1032 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1033 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1034 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1035 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001036 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001037 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001038
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001039 QualType T = Func->getType();
1040 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001041 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001042 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001043 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001044 }
1045 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001046
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001047 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1048 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1049 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1050 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1051 // class member access expression.
1052 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1053 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +00001054 if (!R.empty() && IsClassMember(*R.begin())) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001055 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001056
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001057 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer) {
1058 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1059 case IMA_Instance:
1060 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1061
1062 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1063 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1064 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1065 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1066
1067 case IMA_Mixed:
1068 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1069 case IMA_Unresolved:
1070 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1071
1072 case IMA_Static:
1073 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1074 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1075 break;
1076
1077 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1078 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1079 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1080 return ExprError();
1081 }
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001082 }
1083 }
1084
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001085 if (TemplateArgs)
1086 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001087
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001088 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1089}
1090
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001091/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1092/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1093/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1094/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001095Sema::OwningExprResult
1096Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1097 DeclarationName Name,
1098 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1099 DeclContext *DC;
1100 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1101 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1102 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1103 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1104
1105 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1106 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1107
1108 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1109 return ExprError();
1110
1111 if (R.empty()) {
1112 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1113 return ExprError();
1114 }
1115
1116 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1117}
1118
1119/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1120/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1121/// additional lookup.
1122///
1123/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1124/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1125///
1126/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1127Sema::OwningExprResult
1128Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
1129 IdentifierInfo *II) {
1130 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1131
1132 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1133 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1134 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1135 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1136 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1137
1138 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1139 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1140 // ivar, that's an error.
1141 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
1142
1143 bool LookForIvars;
1144 if (Lookup.empty())
1145 LookForIvars = true;
1146 else if (IsClassMethod)
1147 LookForIvars = false;
1148 else
1149 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1150 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
1151
1152 if (LookForIvars) {
1153 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1154 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1155 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1156 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1157 if (IsClassMethod)
1158 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1159 << IV->getDeclName());
1160
1161 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1162 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1163 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1164 return ExprError();
1165
1166 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1167 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1168 return ExprError();
1169
1170 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1171 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1172 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1173 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1174
1175 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1176 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1177 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1178 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
1179 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
1180 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1181 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1182 SelfName, false, false);
1183 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1184 return Owned(new (Context)
1185 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1186 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1187 }
1188 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
1189 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1190 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
1191 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1192 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1193 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1194 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1195 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1196 }
1197 }
1198
1199 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
1200 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
1201 QualType T;
1202
1203 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
1204 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
1205 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
1206 else
1207 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
1208 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
1209 }
1210
1211 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1212 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001213}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001214
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001215/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001216bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001217Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1218 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001219 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001220 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001221 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001222 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001223 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1224 return false;
1225 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1226 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001227 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001228 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1229 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001230 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001231 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1232 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1233 DestRecordType,
1234 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1235 From->getSourceRange()))
1236 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001237 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1238 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001239 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001240 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001241}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001242
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001243/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001244static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedman2cfcef62009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001245 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001246 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1247 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1248 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1249 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001250 if (SS.isSet()) {
1251 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1252 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001253 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001254
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001255 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1256 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001257}
1258
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001259/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1260/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1261/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1262/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001263Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001264Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1265 LookupResult &R,
1266 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1267 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001268 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1269
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001270 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001271
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001272 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1273 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001274 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001275 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001276 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001277 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001278 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001279
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001280 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1281 // 'this' expression now.
1282 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1283 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1284 if (IsKnownInstance) {
1285 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001286 }
1287
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001288 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1289 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1290 /*IsArrow*/ true,
1291 SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001292}
1293
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001294bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001295 const LookupResult &R,
1296 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001297 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1298 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1299 return false;
1300
1301 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001302 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001303 return false;
1304
1305 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001306 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001307 return false;
1308
1309 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1310 // normal lookup:
1311 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1312 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1313
1314 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1315 // -- a declaration of a class member
1316 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1317 // original decl.
John McCall5af04502009-12-02 20:26:00 +00001318 if (IsClassMember(D))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001319 return false;
1320
1321 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1322 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1323 // using-declaration
1324 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1325 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1326 // turn off ADL anyway).
1327 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1328 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1329 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1330 return false;
1331
1332 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1333 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1334 // template
1335 // And also for builtin functions.
1336 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1337 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1338
1339 // But also builtin functions.
1340 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1341 return false;
1342 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1343 return false;
1344 }
1345
1346 return true;
1347}
1348
1349
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001350/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1351/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1352/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1353/// will in fact be used.
1354static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1355 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1356 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1357 return true;
1358 }
1359
1360 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1361 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1362 return true;
1363 }
1364
1365 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1366 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1367 return true;
1368 }
1369
1370 return false;
1371}
1372
1373Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001374Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001375 LookupResult &R,
1376 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCall3a60c872009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001377 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1378 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
1379 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001380 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001381
1382 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1383 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1384 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001385 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1386 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001387 return ExprError();
1388
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001389 bool Dependent
1390 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001391 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001392 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
1393 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1394 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001395 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1396 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1397 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1398 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001399
1400 return Owned(ULE);
1401}
1402
1403
1404/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1405Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001406Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001407 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1408 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001409 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1410 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001411 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1412
1413 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1414 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001415
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001416 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1417 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1418 // a template argument list.
1419 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1420 << Template << SS.getRange();
1421 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1422 return ExprError();
1423 }
1424
1425 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1426 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1427 if (!VD) {
1428 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
1429 << D << SS.getRange();
Daniel Dunbar95d40a672009-12-15 04:24:24 +00001430 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001431 return ExprError();
1432 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001433
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001434 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1435 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1436 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1437 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001438 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001439 return ExprError();
1440
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001441 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1442 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001443 return ExprError();
1444
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001445 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1446 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1447 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1448 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001449 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001450 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1451 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1452 //
1453 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001454 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001455 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001456 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001457 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001458 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001459 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1460 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001461 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001462
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001463 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001464 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001465 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001466 }
1467 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1468 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001469
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001470 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001471}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001472
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001473Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1474 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001475 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001476
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001477 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001478 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001479 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1480 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1481 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001482 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001483
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001484 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1485 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001486
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001487 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1488 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001489 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001490 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001491 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001492
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001493 QualType ResTy;
1494 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1495 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1496 } else {
1497 unsigned Length =
1498 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001499
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001500 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001501 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001502 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1503 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001504 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001505}
1506
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001507Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001508 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001509 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1510 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1511 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001512
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001513 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1514 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1515 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001516 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001517
1518 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1519
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001520 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1521 Literal.isWide(),
1522 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001523}
1524
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001525Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1526 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001527 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1528 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001529 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001530 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001531 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001532 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001533 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001534
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001535 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001536 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1537 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001538 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001539
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001540 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001541 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001542
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001543 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001544 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001545 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001546 return ExprError();
1547
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001548 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001549
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001550 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001551 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001552 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001553 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001554 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001555 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001556 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001557 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001558
1559 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1560
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001561 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1562 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001563 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1564 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001565
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001566 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001567 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001568 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001569 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001570
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001571 // long long is a C99 feature.
1572 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001573 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001574 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1575
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001576 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001577 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001578
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001579 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1580 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1581 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001582 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1583 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001584 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001585 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001586 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1587 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001588
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001589 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1590 // be an unsigned int.
1591 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1592
1593 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001594 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001595 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1596 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001597 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001598
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001599 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1600 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1601 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1602 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001603 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001604 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001605 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001606 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001607 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001608 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001609
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001610 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001611 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001612 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001613
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001614 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1615 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1616 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1617 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001618 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001619 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001620 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001621 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001622 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001623 }
1624
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001625 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001626 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001627 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001628
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001629 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1630 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1631 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1632 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001633 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001634 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001635 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001636 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001637 }
1638 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001639
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001640 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1641 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001642 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001643 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001644 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001645 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001646 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001647
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001648 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1649 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001650 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001651 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001652 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001653
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001654 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1655 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001656 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001657 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001658
1659 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001660}
1661
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001662Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1663 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001664 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001665 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001666 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001667}
1668
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001669/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001670/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001671bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001672 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1673 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1674 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001675 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1676 return false;
1677
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001678 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1679 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1680 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1681 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1682 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1683 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1684
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001685 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001686 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001687 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001688 if (isSizeof)
1689 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1690 return false;
1691 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001692
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001693 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001694 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001695 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1696 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001697 return false;
1698 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001699
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001700 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00001701 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
1702 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001703 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001704
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001705 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001706 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001707 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001708 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1709 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001710 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001711
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001712 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001713}
1714
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001715bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1716 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1717 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001718
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001719 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001720 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1721 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001722
1723 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1724 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1725 return false;
1726
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001727 if (E->getBitField()) {
1728 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1729 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001730 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001731
1732 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1733 // bit-field.
1734 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001735 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001736 return false;
1737
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001738 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1739}
1740
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001741/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001742Action::OwningExprResult
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001743Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001744 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001745 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001746 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001747 return ExprError();
1748
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001749 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001750
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001751 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1752 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1753 return ExprError();
1754
1755 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001756 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001757 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1758 R.getEnd()));
1759}
1760
1761/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1762/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001763Action::OwningExprResult
1764Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001765 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1766 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1767 bool isInvalid = false;
1768 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1769 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1770 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1771 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001772 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001773 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1774 isInvalid = true;
1775 } else {
1776 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1777 }
1778
1779 if (isInvalid)
1780 return ExprError();
1781
1782 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1783 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1784 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1785 R.getEnd()));
1786}
1787
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001788/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1789/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1790/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001791Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001792Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1793 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001794 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001795 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001796
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001797 if (isType) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001798 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1799 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
1800 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001801 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001802
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001803 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1804 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1805 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1806
1807 if (Result.isInvalid())
1808 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1809
1810 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001811}
1812
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001813QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001814 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1815 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001816
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001817 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001818 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001819 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001820
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001821 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1822 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1823 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001824
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001825 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001826 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1827 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001828 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001829}
1830
1831
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001832
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001833Action::OwningExprResult
1834Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1835 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001836 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1837 switch (Kind) {
1838 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1839 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1840 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1841 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001842
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001843 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001844}
1845
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001846Action::OwningExprResult
1847Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1848 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001849 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1850 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1851
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001852 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1853 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001854
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001855 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001856 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1857 Base.release();
1858 Idx.release();
1859 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1860 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1861 }
1862
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001863 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001864 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001865 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1866 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1867 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001868 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001869 }
1870
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001871 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1872}
1873
1874
1875Action::OwningExprResult
1876Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1877 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1878 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1879 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1880
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001881 // Perform default conversions.
1882 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1883 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001884
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001885 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001886
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001887 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001888 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001889 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001890 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001891 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1892 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001893 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1894 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1895 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1896 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001897 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001898 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1899 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001900 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001901 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001902 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001903 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1904 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001905 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001906 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001907 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001908 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1909 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1910 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001911 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001912 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001913 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1914 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1915 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1916 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001917 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001918 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001919 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001920
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001921 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1922 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001923 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1924 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1925 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1926 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1927 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1928 // force the promotion here.
1929 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1930 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001931 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1932 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001933 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1934
1935 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1936 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001937 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001938 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1939 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1940 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1941 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001942 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1943 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001944 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1945
1946 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1947 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001948 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001949 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001950 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1951 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001952 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001953 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001954 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1955 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001956 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1957 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001958
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001959 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001960 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1961 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001962 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1963
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001964 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001965 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1966 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001967 // incomplete types are not object types.
1968 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1969 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1970 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1971 return ExprError();
1972 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001973
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001974 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001975 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001976 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1977 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001978 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001979
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001980 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1981 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1982 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1983 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1984 return ExprError();
1985 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001986
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001987 Base.release();
1988 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001989 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001990 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001991}
1992
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001993QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001994CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001995 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001996 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001997 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1998 // see FIXME there.
1999 //
2000 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2001 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002002 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002003
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002004 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002005 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002006
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002007 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002008 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2009 // to be selected.
2010 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002011
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002012 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2013 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002014 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002015
2016 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2017 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002018 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002019 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2020 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002021 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002022 do
2023 compStr++;
2024 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002025 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002026 do
2027 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002028 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002029 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002030
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002031 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002032 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2033 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002034 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2035 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002036 return QualType();
2037 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002038
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002039 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2040 // operates on.
2041 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002042 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002043
2044 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002045 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002046
2047 while (*compStr) {
2048 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2049 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2050 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2051 return QualType();
2052 }
2053 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002054 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002055
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002056 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002057 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002058 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002059 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002060 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanac8183a2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002061 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002062 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002063 if (HexSwizzle)
2064 CompSize--;
2065
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002066 if (CompSize == 1)
2067 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002068
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002069 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002070 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002071 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2072 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2073 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2074 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002075 }
2076 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002077}
2078
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002079static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002080 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002081 const Selector &Sel,
2082 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002083
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002084 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002085 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002086 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002087 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002088
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002089 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2090 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002091 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002092 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002093 return D;
2094 }
2095 return 0;
2096}
2097
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002098static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002099 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002100 const Selector &Sel,
2101 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002102 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2103 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002104 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002105 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002106 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002107 GDecl = PD;
2108 break;
2109 }
2110 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002111 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002112 GDecl = OMD;
2113 break;
2114 }
2115 }
2116 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002117 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002118 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2119 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002120 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002121 if (GDecl)
2122 return GDecl;
2123 }
2124 }
2125 return GDecl;
2126}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002127
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002128Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002129Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2130 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002131 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2132 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2133 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2134 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2135 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2136
2137 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2138 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2139 //
2140 // T* t;
2141 // t.f;
2142 //
2143 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2144 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2145 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2146 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002147 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002148 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2149 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002150 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002151 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002152 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002153 return ExprError();
2154 }
2155 }
2156
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002157 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002158
2159 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2160 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002161 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002162 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2163 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2164 SS.getRange(),
2165 FirstQualifierInScope,
2166 Name, NameLoc,
2167 TemplateArgs));
2168}
2169
2170/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2171/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2172/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2173static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2174 Expr *BaseExpr,
2175 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002176 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002177 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002178 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2179 // diagnostics.
2180 if (!BaseExpr)
2181 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002182
2183 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2184 // complicated cases here.
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002185 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002186 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002187 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002188}
2189
2190// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2191// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2192// type. The restriction here is:
2193//
2194// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2195// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2196// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2197//
2198// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2199// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2200// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2201// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2202bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2203 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002204 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002205 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002206 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2207 if (!BaseRT) {
2208 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2209 // dependent.
2210 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2211 return false;
2212 }
2213 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002214
2215 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002216 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2217 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
2218 if (!BaseExpr && !IsInstanceMember((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2219 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002220
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002221 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2222 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2223 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2224 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2225
2226 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2227 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2228
2229 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2230 return false;
2231 }
2232
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002233 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002234 return true;
2235}
2236
2237static bool
2238LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2239 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
2240 SourceLocation OpLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2241 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2242 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
2243 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2244 << BaseRange))
2245 return true;
2246
2247 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2248 if (SS.isSet()) {
2249 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2250 // nested-name-specifier.
2251 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2252
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002253 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2254 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2255 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2256 return true;
2257 }
2258
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002259 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2260
2261 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2262 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2263 << DC << SS.getRange();
2264 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002265 }
2266 }
2267
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002268 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2269 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002270
2271 return false;
2272}
2273
2274Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002275Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002276 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2277 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2278 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2279 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2280 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2281 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2282
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002283 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2284 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002285 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002286 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2287 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2288 Name, NameLoc,
2289 TemplateArgs);
2290
2291 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002292
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002293 // Implicit member accesses.
2294 if (!Base) {
2295 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2296 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2297 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2298 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2299 OpLoc, SS))
2300 return ExprError();
2301
2302 // Explicit member accesses.
2303 } else {
2304 OwningExprResult Result =
2305 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2306 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2307 /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
2308
2309 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2310 Owned(Base);
2311 return ExprError();
2312 }
2313
2314 if (Result.get())
2315 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002316 }
2317
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002318 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
2319 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002320}
2321
2322Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002323Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2324 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2325 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002326 LookupResult &R,
2327 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2328 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002329 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002330 if (IsArrow) {
2331 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2332 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2333 }
2334
2335 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2336 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2337 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2338 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2339
2340 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002341 return ExprError();
2342
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002343 if (R.empty()) {
2344 // Rederive where we looked up.
2345 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2346 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2347 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002348
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002349 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002350 << MemberName << DC
2351 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002352 return ExprError();
2353 }
2354
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002355 // Diagnose qualified lookups that find only declarations from a
2356 // non-base type. Note that it's okay for lookup to find
2357 // declarations from a non-base type as long as those aren't the
2358 // ones picked by overload resolution.
2359 if (SS.isSet() && CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002360 return ExprError();
2361
2362 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2363 // result.
2364 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002365 bool Dependent =
2366 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
2367 UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002368
2369 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2370 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2371 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002372 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2373 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002374 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2375 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2376 TemplateArgs);
2377 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2378 MemExpr->addDecl(*I);
2379
2380 return Owned(MemExpr);
2381 }
2382
2383 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2384 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2385
2386 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2387
2388 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2389 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2390 // error cases.
2391 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2392 return ExprError();
2393
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002394 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2395 if (!BaseExpr) {
2396 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
2397 if (!IsInstanceMember(MemberDecl))
2398 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2399
2400 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), BaseExprType);
2401 }
2402
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002403 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2404 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2405 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2406 // explicitly qualified.
2407 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2408 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2409 }
2410
2411 // Check the use of this member.
2412 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2413 Owned(BaseExpr);
2414 return ExprError();
2415 }
2416
2417 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2418 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2419 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002420 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2421 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002422 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2423 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2424
2425 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2426 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2427 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2428 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2429 else {
2430 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2431 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2432 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2433
2434 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2435 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2436
2437 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2438 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2439 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2440 }
2441
2442 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
2443 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2444 return ExprError();
2445 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2446 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2447 }
2448
2449 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2450 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2451 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2452 Var, MemberLoc,
2453 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2454 }
2455
2456 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2457 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2458 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2459 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2460 MemberFn->getType()));
2461 }
2462
2463 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2464 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2465 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2466 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2467 }
2468
2469 Owned(BaseExpr);
2470
2471 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2472 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2473 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2474
2475 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2476 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2477 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2478 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2479 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2480 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2481}
2482
2483/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2484/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2485/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2486/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2487/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2488/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2489/// an ordinary member expression.
2490///
2491/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2492/// fixed for ObjC++.
2493Sema::OwningExprResult
2494Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002495 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002496 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2497 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2498 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002499 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002500
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002501 // Perform default conversions.
2502 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002503
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002504 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002505 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2506
2507 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2508 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002509
2510 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002511 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002512 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2513 // call, and continue on.
2514 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2515 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2516 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2517 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2518 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002519 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2520 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002521 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2522 ->isRecordType()))) {
2523 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2524 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2525 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2526 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2527
2528 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002529 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002530 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2531 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002532 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002533
2534 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2535 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2536 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2537 }
2538 }
2539 }
2540
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002541 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2542 // use that.
2543 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002544 if (IsArrow) {
2545 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2546 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2547 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2548 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2549 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002550 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2551 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002552 }
2553 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002554 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2555 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2556 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2557 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002558 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002559 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002560 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002561
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002562 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2563 // use that.
2564 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2565 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2566 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2567 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2568 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2569 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2570 }
2571 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002572
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002573 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002574
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002575 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002576 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002577 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2578 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2579 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2580 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2581 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2582 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2583 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2584 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2585 // Check the use of this method.
2586 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2587 return ExprError();
2588 }
2589 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2590 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2591 Selector SetterSel =
2592 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2593 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2594 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2595 if (!Setter) {
2596 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2597 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002598 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002599 }
2600 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2601 if (!Setter)
2602 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2603
2604 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2605 return ExprError();
2606
2607 if (Getter || Setter) {
2608 QualType PType;
2609
2610 if (Getter)
2611 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2612 else
2613 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2614 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2615 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2616 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2617 PType,
2618 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2619 }
2620 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2621 << MemberName << BaseType);
2622 }
2623 }
2624
2625 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2626 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2627 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002628 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002629 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002630
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002631 if (IsArrow) {
2632 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002633 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002634 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2635 ;
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002636 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2637 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2638 // struct MyRecord foo;
2639 // foo->bar
2640 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2641 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2642 // by now.
2643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2644 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2645 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
2646 IsArrow = false;
2647 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002648 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2649 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2650 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002651 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002652 } else {
2653 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2654 // type *foo;
2655 // foo.bar
2656 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2657 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2658 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2659 // the appropriate pointer type
2660 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2661 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2662 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2663 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2664 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
2665 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
2666 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
2667 IsArrow = true;
2668 }
2669 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002670 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002671
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002672 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2673 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002674 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002675 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
2676 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002677 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002678 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002679 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002680
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002681 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2682 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2683 // pseudo-destructor.
2684 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2685 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002686 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2687 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002688 // type.
2689 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2690 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2691 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002692
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002693 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2694 // same as the object type.
2695 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2696 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2697 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2698 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2699 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002700
2701 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002702 // the form
2703 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002704 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2705 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002706 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2707 //
2708 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2709 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002710
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002711 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2712 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2713 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002714 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2715 (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
2716 SS.getRange(),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002717 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2718 MemberLoc));
2719 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002720
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002721 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2722 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002723 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2724 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002725 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002726 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002727 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002728 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002729 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2730
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002731 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2732 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002733 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002734
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002735 if (IV) {
2736 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2737 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2738 // error cases.
2739 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2740 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002741
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002742 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2743 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2744 return ExprError();
2745 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2746 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2747 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2748 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2749 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2750 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2751 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2752 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2753 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2754 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2755 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2756 // AST for a function decl.
2757 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002758 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002759 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2760 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2761 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2762 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2763 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2764 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002765
2766 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2767 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002768 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002769 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002770 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002771 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2772 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002773 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002774 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002775 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002776
2777 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2778 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002779 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002780 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002781 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002782 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002783 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002784 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002785 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002786 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002787 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2788 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002789 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002790 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002791
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002792 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002793 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002794 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2795 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2796 // Check the use of this declaration
2797 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2798 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002799
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002800 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2801 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2802 }
2803 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2804 // Check the use of this method.
2805 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2806 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002807
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002808 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002809 OMD->getResultType(),
2810 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002811 NULL, 0));
2812 }
2813 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002814
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002815 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002816 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002817 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002818 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2819 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002820 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002821 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002822 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2823 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002824 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002825
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002826 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002827 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002828 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2829 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2830 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002831 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002832 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002833 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002834 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2835 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002836 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002837 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2838 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002839 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002840 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2841 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002842 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002843 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2844 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2845 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002846
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002847 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002848 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2849 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002850 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2851 // selector is implemented.
2852
2853 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2854 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2855
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002856 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002857 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002858
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002859 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2860 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002861 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002862
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002863 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002864 if (!Getter)
2865 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002866 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002867 // Check if we can reference this property.
2868 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2869 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002870 }
2871 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2872 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002873 Selector SetterSel =
2874 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002875 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002876 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002877 if (!Setter) {
2878 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2879 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002880 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002881 }
2882 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002883 if (!Setter)
2884 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002885
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002886 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2887 return ExprError();
2888
2889 if (Getter || Setter) {
2890 QualType PType;
2891
2892 if (Getter)
2893 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002894 else
2895 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2896 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002897 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002898 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002899 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2900 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002901 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002902 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002903 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002904
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002905 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002906 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002907 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002908 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002909 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002910 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002911
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002912 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002913 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002914 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002915 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2916 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002917 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002918 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002919 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002920 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002921
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002922 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2923 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2924
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002925 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002926}
2927
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002928static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2929 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2930 Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
2931 Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
2932 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
2933 SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002934 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2935 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2936
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002937 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
2938 move(MemExpr),
2939 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
2940 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
2941 /*CommaLocs*/ 0,
2942 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
2943}
2944
2945/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
2946/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2947/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2948/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
2949/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
2950///
2951/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
2952/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
2953/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
2954/// only be called
2955/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
2956/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
2957/// aren't properly put in the context chain
2958Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
2959 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2960 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2961 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2962 UnqualifiedId &Id,
2963 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2964 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2965 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
2966 return ExprError();
2967
2968 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2969
2970 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
2971 DeclarationName Name;
2972 SourceLocation NameLoc;
2973 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2974 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
2975 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
2976
2977 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
2978
2979 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
2980 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
2981 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
2982
2983 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
2984 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
2985
2986 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2987 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
2988 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002989 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002990 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2991 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2992 Name, NameLoc,
2993 TemplateArgs);
2994 } else {
2995 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
2996 if (TemplateArgs) {
2997 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
2998 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
2999 } else {
3000 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
3001 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3002 ObjCImpDecl);
3003
3004 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3005 Owned(Base);
3006 return ExprError();
3007 }
3008
3009 if (Result.get()) {
3010 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3011 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3012 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3013 // call now.
3014 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3015 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
3016 return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
3017
3018 return move(Result);
3019 }
3020 }
3021
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003022 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
3023 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003024 }
3025
3026 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003027}
3028
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003029Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3030 FunctionDecl *FD,
3031 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3032 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3033 Diag (CallLoc,
3034 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3035 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003036 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003037 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3038 } else {
3039 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3040 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3041
3042 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003043 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003044
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003045 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3046 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003047 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003048
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003049 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003050 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003051 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003052
3053 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003054 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
3055 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
3056 return ExprError();
3057 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003058
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003059 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3060 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3061 // be properly destroyed.
Anders Carlsson714d0962009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003062 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3063 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003064 }
3065
3066 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
3067 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
3068}
3069
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003070/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3071/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3072/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3073/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3074/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3075/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003076bool
3077Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003078 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003079 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003080 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3081 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003082 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003083 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3084 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003085 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003086
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003087 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3088 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3089 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3090 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3091 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3092 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003093 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003094 }
3095
3096 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3097 // them.
3098 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3099 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3100 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3101 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3102 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3103 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3104 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3105 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003106 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003107 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003108 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003109 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003110 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003111 VariadicCallType CallType =
3112 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3113 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3114 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3115 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3116 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003117 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003118 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003119 if (Invalid)
3120 return true;
3121 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3122 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3123 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3124
3125 return false;
3126}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003127
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003128bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3129 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3130 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3131 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3132 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3133 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003134 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003135 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3136 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3137 bool Invalid = false;
3138 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3139 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3140 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3141 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003142 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003143 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003144 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003145
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003146 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003147 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3148 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3149
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003150 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3151 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003152 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003153 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003154 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003155
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00003156 // Pass the argument.
3157 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
3158 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00003159
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00003160 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
3161 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003162 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003163 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003164
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003165 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003166 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003167 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3168 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003169
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003170 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003171 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003172 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003173 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003174
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003175 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003176 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003177 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003178 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003179 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003180 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003181 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003182 }
3183 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003184 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003185}
3186
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003187/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
3188/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
3189/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
3190/// template arguments, etc.
3191void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003192 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003193 DeclarationName &Name,
3194 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
3195 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
3196 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003197 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003198 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003199 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003200 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003201 Name = DeclarationName();
3202 Qualifier = 0;
3203 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00003204 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003205 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003206 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003207
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003208 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
3209 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
3210 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
3211 while (true) {
3212 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
3213 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
3214 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003215 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
3216 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
3217 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
3218 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
3219 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003220 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003221 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
3222 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
3223 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00003224 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003225 break;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003226 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
3227 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
3228 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
3229 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
3230 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003231 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003232 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
3233 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00003234 if (UnresLookup->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
3235 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
3236 UnresLookup->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003237 }
3238 break;
3239 } else {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003240 break;
3241 }
3242 }
3243}
3244
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003245/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003246/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3247/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003248Action::OwningExprResult
3249Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3250 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003251 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003252 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003253
3254 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3255 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003256
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003257 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003258 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003259 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003260
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003261 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003262 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3263 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3264 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3265 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3266 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3267 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3268 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3269 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003270
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003271 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3272 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003273
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003274 NumArgs = 0;
3275 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003276
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003277 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3278 RParenLoc));
3279 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003280
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003281 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003282 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003283 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3284 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003285 bool Dependent = false;
3286 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3287 Dependent = true;
3288 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3289 Dependent = true;
3290
3291 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003292 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003293 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3294
3295 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3296 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3297 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3298 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3299
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003300 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3301
3302 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3303 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3304 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3305 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3306 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3307 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3308 // method template.
3309 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3310 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003311 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003312
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003313 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3314 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003315 }
3316
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003317 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003318 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003319 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003320 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003321 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3322 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003323 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003324
3325 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003326 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003327 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3328 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003329 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3330 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3331 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003332
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003333 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3334 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3335 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3336 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003337
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003338 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3339 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3340 TheCall.get(), 0))
3341 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003342
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003343 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3344 RParenLoc))
3345 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003346
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003347 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3348 }
3349 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3350 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3351 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003352 }
3353 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003354 }
3355
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003356 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003357 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003358 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003359 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
3360 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003361 bool Overloaded;
3362 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003363 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003364 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003365 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
3366 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003367 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003368 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003369 ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003370
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003371 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
3372 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003373
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003374 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
3375#ifndef NDEBUG
3376 if (ADL) {
3377 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
3378 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
3379
3380 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
3381 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
3382 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
3383 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
3384 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
3385
3386 // We don't perform ADL in C.
3387 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
3388 }
3389
3390 if (Overloaded) {
3391 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
3392 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
3393 // infinite set of functions).
3394 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
3395 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
3396 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
3397 && "unrecognized overload situation");
3398 }
3399#endif
3400
3401 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003402 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003403 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
3404 RParenLoc, ADL);
3405 if (!FDecl)
3406 return ExprError();
3407
3408 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
3409
3410 NDecl = FDecl;
3411 } else {
3412 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
3413 if (Fns.empty())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003414 NDecl = 0;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003415 else {
3416 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003417 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003418 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003419
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003420 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3421}
3422
3423/// BuildCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression, i.e. an
3424/// expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
3425/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3426/// block-pointer type.
3427///
3428/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3429Sema::OwningExprResult
3430Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3431 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3432 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3433 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3434 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3435
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003436 // Promote the function operand.
3437 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3438
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003439 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3440 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003441 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3442 Args, NumArgs,
3443 Context.BoolTy,
3444 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003445
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003446 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3447 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3448 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3449 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003450 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003451 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003452 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3453 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003454 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003455 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003456 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003457 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003458 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003459 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003460 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3461 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3462
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003463 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003464 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3465 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3466 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003467 return ExprError();
3468
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003469 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003470 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003471
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003472 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003473 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003474 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003475 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003476 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003477 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003478
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003479 if (FDecl) {
3480 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3481 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3482 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003483 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003484 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003485 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003486 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3487 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3488 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3489 }
3490 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003491 }
3492
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003493 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003494 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3495 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3496 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003497 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3498 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003499 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3500 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003501 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003502 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003503 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003504 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003505
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003506 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3507 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003508 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3509 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003510
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003511 // Check for sentinels
3512 if (NDecl)
3513 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003514
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003515 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003516 if (FDecl) {
3517 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3518 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003519
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003520 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003521 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3522 } else if (NDecl) {
3523 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3524 return ExprError();
3525 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003526
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003527 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003528}
3529
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003530Action::OwningExprResult
3531Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3532 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003533 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003534 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3535 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003536 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003537 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003538 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003539
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003540 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003541 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003542 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3543 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003544 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3545 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003546 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003547 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003548 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003549 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003550
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003551 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003552 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003553 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003554
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003555 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003556 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003557 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003558 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003559 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003560 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003561 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003562 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003563}
3564
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003565Action::OwningExprResult
3566Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003567 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3568 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3569 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003570
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003571 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003572 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003573
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003574 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003575 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003576 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003577 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003578}
3579
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003580static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3581 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003582 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003583 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3584
3585 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3586 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Fariborz Jahanian2b9fc832009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003587 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3588 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
3589 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003590 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3591 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3592 }
3593
3594 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3595 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3596 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3597 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3598 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3599 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3600 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3601 }
3602
3603 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3604 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3605 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3606 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3607 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3608 }
3609
3610 // FIXME: Assert here.
3611 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3612 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3613}
3614
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003615/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003616bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003617 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003618 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3619 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003620 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003621 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3622 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003623
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003624 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003625
3626 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3627 // type needs to be scalar.
3628 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3629 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003630 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3631 return false;
3632 }
3633
3634 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003635 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003636 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3637 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003638 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003639 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3640 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003641 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003642 return false;
3643 }
3644
3645 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003646 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003647 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003648 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003649 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003650 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003651 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3652 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003653 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3654 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3655 break;
3656 }
3657 }
3658 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3659 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3660 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003661 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003662 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003663 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003664
3665 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3666 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3667 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3668 }
3669
3670 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3671 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003672 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3673 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003674 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003675 }
3676
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003677 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3678 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3679
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003680 if (castType->isVectorType())
3681 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3682 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3683 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3684
3685 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003686 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003687
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003688 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3689 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3690
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003691 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003692 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3693 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3694 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3695 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3696 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3697 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3698 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3699 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3700 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3701 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003702 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003703
3704 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003705 return false;
3706}
3707
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003708bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3709 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003710 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003711
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003712 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003713 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003714 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003715 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003716 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003717 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003718 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003719 } else
3720 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003721 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003722 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003723
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003724 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003725 return false;
3726}
3727
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003728bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3729 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003730 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003731
3732 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3733
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003734 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3735 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003736 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3737 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3738 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3739 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003740 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003741 return false;
3742 }
3743
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003744 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003745 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3746 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003747 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3748 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3749 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3750 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003751
3752 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3753 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3754 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003755
3756 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003757 return false;
3758}
3759
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003760Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003761Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003762 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003763 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003764
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003765 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3766 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003767
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003768 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003769 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3770 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003771
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003772 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3773 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3774 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003775 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003776 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003777 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003778 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003779
3780 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003781 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003782 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003783
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003784 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3785 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003786
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003787 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3788 } else {
3789 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003790 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003791
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003792 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003793 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003794 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003795}
3796
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003797/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3798/// of comma binary operators.
3799Action::OwningExprResult
3800Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3801 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3802 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3803 if (!E)
3804 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003805
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003806 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003807
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003808 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3809 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3810 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003811
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003812 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3813}
3814
3815Action::OwningExprResult
3816Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3817 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3818 QualType Ty) {
3819 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003820
3821 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003822 // then handle it as such.
3823 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3824 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3825 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3826 return ExprError();
3827 }
3828
3829 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3830 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3831 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3832
3833 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3834 // braces instead of the original commas.
3835 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003836 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003837 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3838 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003839 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003840 Owned(E));
3841 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003842 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003843 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3844 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3845 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3846 }
3847}
3848
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003849Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003850 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003851 MultiExprArg Val,
3852 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003853 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3854 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003855 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3856 Expr *expr;
3857 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
3858 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
3859 else
3860 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003861 return Owned(expr);
3862}
3863
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003864/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3865/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003866/// C99 6.5.15
3867QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3868 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003869 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3870 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3871 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3872
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003873 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3874
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003875 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3876 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3877 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3878 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3879 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3880 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003881
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003882 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003883 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3884 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3885 << CondTy;
3886 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003887 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003888
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003889 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003890 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3891 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003892
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003893 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3894 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003895 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3896 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3897 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003898 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003899
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003900 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3901 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003902 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3903 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003904 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003905 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003906 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003907 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003908 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003909 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003910
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003911 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003912 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003913 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3914 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3915 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3916 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3917 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3918 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3919 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003920 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3921 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003922 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003923 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003924 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3925 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003926 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003927 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003928 // promote the null to a pointer.
3929 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003930 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003931 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003932 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003933 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003934 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003935 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003936 }
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003937
3938 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
3939 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
3940 QuestionLoc);
3941 if (!compositeType.isNull())
3942 return compositeType;
3943
3944
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003945 // Handle block pointer types.
3946 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3947 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3948 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3949 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003950 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3951 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003952 return destType;
3953 }
3954 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003955 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003956 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003957 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003958 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3959 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3960 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003961 return LHSTy;
3962 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003963 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003964 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3965 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003966
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003967 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3968 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003969 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003970 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003971 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3972 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3973 // to get a consistent AST.
3974 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003975 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3976 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003977 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003978 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003979 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003980 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3981 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003982 return LHSTy;
3983 }
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00003984
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003985 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3986 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3987 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003988 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3989 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003990
3991 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3992 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3993 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003994 QualType destPointee
3995 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003996 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003997 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3998 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3999 // Promote to void*.
4000 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004001 return destType;
4002 }
4003 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004004 QualType destPointee
4005 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004006 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004007 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004008 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004009 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004010 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004011 return destType;
4012 }
4013
4014 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4015 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4016 return LHSTy;
4017 }
4018 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4019 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4020 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4021 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4022 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4023 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4024 // to get a consistent AST.
4025 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004026 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4027 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004028 return incompatTy;
4029 }
4030 // The pointer types are compatible.
4031 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4032 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4033 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4034 // type.
4035 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4036 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004037 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4038 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004039 return LHSTy;
4040 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004041
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004042 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4043 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4044 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4045 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004046 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004047 return RHSTy;
4048 }
4049 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4050 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4051 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004052 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004053 return LHSTy;
4054 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004055
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004056 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004057 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4058 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004059 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004060}
4061
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004062/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4063/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4064QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4065 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4066 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4067 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
4068
4069 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4070 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4071 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4072 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4073 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4074 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4075 return LHSTy;
4076 }
4077 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4078 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4079 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4080 return RHSTy;
4081 }
4082 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4083 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4084 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4085 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4086 return LHSTy;
4087 }
4088 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4089 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4090 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4091 return RHSTy;
4092 }
4093 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4094 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4095 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4096 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4097 return LHSTy;
4098 }
4099 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4100 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4101 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4102 return RHSTy;
4103 }
4104 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4105 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4106
4107 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4108 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4109 return LHSTy;
4110 }
4111 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4112 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4113 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
4114
4115 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4116 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4117 // type. This allows
4118 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4119 // where B is a subclass of A.
4120 //
4121 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4122 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4123 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4124 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
4125
4126 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4127 // It could return the composite type.
4128 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4129 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4130 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4131 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4132 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4133 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4134 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4135 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4136 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4137 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4138 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4139 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4140 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4141 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4142 } else if (!(compositeType =
4143 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4144 ;
4145 else {
4146 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4147 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4148 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4149 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4150 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4151 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4152 return incompatTy;
4153 }
4154 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4155 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4156 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4157 return compositeType;
4158 }
4159 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4160 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4161 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4162 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4163 QualType destPointee
4164 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4165 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4166 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4167 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4168 // Promote to void*.
4169 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4170 return destType;
4171 }
4172 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4173 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4174 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4175 QualType destPointee
4176 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4177 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4178 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4179 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4180 // Promote to void*.
4181 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4182 return destType;
4183 }
4184 return QualType();
4185}
4186
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004187/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004188/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004189Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4190 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4191 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4192 ExprArg RHS) {
4193 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4194 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004195
4196 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4197 // was the condition.
4198 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4199 if (isLHSNull)
4200 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004201
4202 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004203 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004204 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004205 return ExprError();
4206
4207 Cond.release();
4208 LHS.release();
4209 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004210 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004211 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004212 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004213}
4214
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004215// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004216// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004217// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4218// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4219// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004220Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004221Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004222 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004223
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004224 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4225 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4226 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4227 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4228 return Compatible;
4229 }
4230
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004231 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004232 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4233 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004234
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004235 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004236 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4237 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004238
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004239 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004240
4241 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4242 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4243 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004244 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004245 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004246 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004247
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004248 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4249 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004250 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004251 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004252 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004253 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004254
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004255 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004256 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4257 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004258 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004259
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004260 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004261 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004262 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004263
4264 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004265 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4266 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004267 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004268 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004269 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004270 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4271 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4272 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4273 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4274 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4275 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004276 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004277 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004278 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004279 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004280
4281 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004282 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004283 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004284 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004285
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004286 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4287 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4288 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4289 // warning can be disabled.
4290 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4291 return ConvTy;
4292 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4293 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004294
4295 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4296 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4297 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4298 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4299 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4300 do {
4301 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4302 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4303
4304 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4305 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4306 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4307
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004308 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004309 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004310 }
4311
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004312 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004313 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004314 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004315 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004316}
4317
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004318/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4319/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4320/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4321// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004322Sema::AssignConvertType
4323Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004324 QualType rhsType) {
4325 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004326
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004327 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004328 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4329 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004330
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004331 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4332 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4333 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004334
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004335 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004336
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004337 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004338 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004339 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004340
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004341 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004342 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004343 return ConvTy;
4344}
4345
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004346/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4347/// for assignment compatibility.
4348Sema::AssignConvertType
4349Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
4350 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4351 return Compatible;
4352 QualType lhptee =
4353 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4354 QualType rhptee =
4355 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4356 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4357 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4358 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4359 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4360 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
4361
4362 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4363 return Compatible;
4364 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4365 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
4366 return IncompatiblePointer;
4367}
4368
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004369/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4370/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004371/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4372///
4373/// int a, *pint;
4374/// short *pshort;
4375/// struct foo *pfoo;
4376///
4377/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4378/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4379/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4380/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4381///
4382/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004383/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004384///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004385Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004386Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004387 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4388 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004389 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4390 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004391
4392 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004393 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004394
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004395 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4396 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4397 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4398 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4399 return Compatible;
4400 }
4401
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004402 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4403 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4404 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4405 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4406 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4407 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4408 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004409 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004410 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004411 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004412 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004413 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004414 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4415 // to the same ExtVector type.
4416 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4417 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4418 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4419 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4420 return Compatible;
4421 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004422
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004423 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004424 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004425 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004426 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004427 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4428 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004429 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004430 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004431 }
4432 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004433 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004434
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004435 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004436 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004437
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004438 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004439 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004440 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004441
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004442 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004443 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004444
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004445 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004446 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004447 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4448 return Compatible;
4449 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004450 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004451 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4452 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004453 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004454
4455 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004456 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004457 return Compatible;
4458 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004459 return Incompatible;
4460 }
4461
4462 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4463 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004464 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004465
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004466 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004467 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004468 return Compatible;
4469
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004470 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4471 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004472
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004473 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004474 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004475 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004476 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004477 return Incompatible;
4478 }
4479
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004480 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4481 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4482 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004483
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004484 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004485 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004486 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4487 return Compatible;
4488 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004489 }
4490 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004491 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004492 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004493 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004494 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4495 return Compatible;
4496 }
4497 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4498 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4499 return Compatible;
4500 return Incompatible;
4501 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004502 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004503 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004504 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4505 return Compatible;
4506
4507 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004508 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004509
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004510 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004511 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004512
4513 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004514 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004515 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004516 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004517 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004518 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4519 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4520 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4521 return Compatible;
4522
4523 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4524 return PointerToInt;
4525
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004526 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004527 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004528 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4529 return Compatible;
4530 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004531 }
4532 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004533 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004534 return Compatible;
4535 return Incompatible;
4536 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004537
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004538 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004539 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004540 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004541 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004542 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004543}
4544
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004545/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4546/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004547static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004548 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4549 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4550 // of the transparent union.
4551 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4552 &E, 1,
4553 SourceLocation());
4554 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4555 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4556
4557 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4558 // union type from this initializer list.
4559 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4560 false);
4561}
4562
4563Sema::AssignConvertType
4564Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4565 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4566
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004567 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004568 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4569 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004570 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004571 return Incompatible;
4572
4573 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4574 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4575 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4576 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004577 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4578 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004579 it != itend; ++it) {
4580 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4581 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4582 // 1) void pointer
4583 // 2) null pointer constant
4584 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004585 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004586 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004587 InitField = *it;
4588 break;
4589 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004590
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004591 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4592 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004593 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004594 InitField = *it;
4595 break;
4596 }
4597 }
4598
4599 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4600 == Compatible) {
4601 InitField = *it;
4602 break;
4603 }
4604 }
4605
4606 if (!InitField)
4607 return Incompatible;
4608
4609 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4610 return Compatible;
4611}
4612
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004613Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004614Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004615 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4616 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4617 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4618 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4619 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004620 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4621 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004622 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004623 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004624 }
4625
4626 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4627 // structures.
4628 }
4629
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004630 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4631 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004632 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4633 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004634 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004635 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4636 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004637 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004638 return Compatible;
4639 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004640
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004641 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004642 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004643 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004644 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004645 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004646 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004647 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4648 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004649
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004650 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4651 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004652
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004653 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4654 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004655 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4656 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4657 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4658 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004659 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004660 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4661 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004662 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004663}
4664
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004665QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004666 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004667 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004668 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004669 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004670}
4671
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004672inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004673 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004674 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004675 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004676 QualType lhsType =
4677 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4678 QualType rhsType =
4679 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004680
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004681 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004682 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004683 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004684
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004685 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4686 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004687 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4688 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004689 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4690 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004691 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004692 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004693 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004694 }
4695 }
4696 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004697
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004698 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4699 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4700 bool swapped = false;
4701 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4702 swapped = true;
4703 std::swap(rex, lex);
4704 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4705 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004706
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004707 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004708 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004709 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4710 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4711 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004712 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004713 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4714 return lhsType;
4715 }
4716 }
4717 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4718 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4719 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004720 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004721 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4722 return lhsType;
4723 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004724 }
4725 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004726
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004727 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004728 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004729 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004730 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004731 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004732}
4733
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004734inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004735 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004736 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004737 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004738
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004739 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004740
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004741 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004742 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004743 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004744}
4745
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004746inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004747 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004748 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4749 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4750 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4751 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4752 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004753
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004754 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004755
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004756 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004757 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004758 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004759}
4760
4761inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004762 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004763 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4764 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4765 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4766 return compType;
4767 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004768
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004769 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004770
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004771 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004772 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4773 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4774 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004775 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004776 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004777
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004778 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4779 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004780 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004781 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4782
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004783 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004784
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004785 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004786 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004787
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004788 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4789 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004790 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4791 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004792 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004793 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004794 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004795
4796 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4797 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4798 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004799 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004800 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4801 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4802 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4803 return QualType();
4804 }
4805
4806 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4807 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4808 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004809 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004810 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004811 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004812 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004813 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4814 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004815 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4816 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004817 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004818 return QualType();
4819 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004820 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4821 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4822 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4823 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4824 return QualType();
4825 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004827 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004828 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4829 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4830 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4831 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4832 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004833 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004834 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4835 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004836 return PExp->getType();
4837 }
4838 }
4839
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004840 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004841}
4842
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004843// C99 6.5.6
4844QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004845 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4846 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4847 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4848 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4849 return compType;
4850 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004851
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004852 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004853
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004854 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004855
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004856 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004857 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4858 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004859 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004860 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004861 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004862
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004863 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004864 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004865 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004866
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004867 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004868
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004869 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4870 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4871 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4872 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4873 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4874 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4875 return QualType();
4876 }
4877
4878 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4879 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4880 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4881 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4882 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004883 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004884 return QualType();
4885 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004886
4887 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4888 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4889 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004890 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004891 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004892 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004893 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004894 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004895
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004896 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4897 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4898 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4899 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4900 return QualType();
4901 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004902
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004903 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004904 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4905 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4906 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4907 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4908 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4909 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004910 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004911 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4912
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004913 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004914 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004915 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004916
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004917 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004918 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004919 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004920
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004921 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4922 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4923 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4924 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4925 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4926 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4927 return QualType();
4928 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004929
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004930 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4931 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4932 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4933 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004934 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004935 return QualType();
4936 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004937
4938 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4939 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4940 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4941 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4942 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004943 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4944 << rex->getSourceRange()
4945 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004946 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004947
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004948 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4949 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4950 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4951 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4952 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4953 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4954 return QualType();
4955 }
4956 } else {
4957 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4958 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4959 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4960 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4961 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4962 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4963 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4964 return QualType();
4965 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004966 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004967
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004968 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4969 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4970 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4971 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4972 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004973 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004974 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004975
4976 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004977 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4978 }
4979 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004980
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004981 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004982}
4983
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004984// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004985QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004986 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004987 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4988 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004989 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004990
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004991 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4992 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4993 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4994
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004995 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4996 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004997 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4998 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4999 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5000 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5001 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005002 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005003 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005004 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005005
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005006 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005007
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005008 // Sanity-check shift operands
5009 llvm::APSInt Right;
5010 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005011 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5012 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005013 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005014 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5015 else {
5016 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5017 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5018 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5019 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5020 }
5021 }
5022
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005023 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005024 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005025}
5026
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005027/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
5028///
5029/// \param lex the left-hand expression
5030/// \param rex the right-hand expression
5031/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005032/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
5033/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005034void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005035 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00005036 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00005037 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated)
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00005038 return;
5039
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005040 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
5041
5042 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
5043 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
5044 return;
5045
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00005046 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
5047 // chance at instantiation time.
5048 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
5049 return;
5050
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005051 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
5052 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005053 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005054 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
5055 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
5056 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005057 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005058 } else {
5059 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
5060 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005061 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005062 }
5063
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005064 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005065 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
5066 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005067 // of the comparison will be exact.
5068 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
5069 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
5070 return;
5071
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005072 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
5073 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
5074 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005075 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005076 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
5077
5078 if (value.isNonNegative())
5079 return;
5080 }
5081
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005082 if (Equality) {
5083 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00005084 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
5085 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
5086 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005087 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
5088 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
5089
5090 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
5091 if (value.isNonNegative())
5092 return;
5093 }
5094 }
5095
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00005096 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005097 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5098 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5099}
5100
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005101// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005102QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005103 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5104 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5105
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005106 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005107 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005108 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005109
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00005110 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
5111 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005112
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005113 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005114 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5115 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5116 else {
5117 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5118 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5119 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005120 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5121 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005122
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005123 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5124 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005125 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5126 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5127 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005128 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005129 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005130 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5131 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5132 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5133 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005134 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5135 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005137
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005138 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5139 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5140 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5141 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005142
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005143 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5144 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005145 Expr *literalString = 0;
5146 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005147 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005148 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5149 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005150 literalString = lex;
5151 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005152 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5153 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005154 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5155 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005156 literalString = rex;
5157 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5158 }
5159
5160 if (literalString) {
5161 std::string resultComparison;
5162 switch (Opc) {
5163 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5164 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5165 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5166 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5167 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5168 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5169 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5170 }
5171 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
5172 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
5173 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00005174 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
5175 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
5176 "strcmp(")
5177 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
5178 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005179 resultComparison);
5180 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005181 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005182
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005183 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005184 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005185
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005186 if (isRelational) {
5187 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005188 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005189 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005190 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005191 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005192 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005193
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005194 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005195 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005196 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005197
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005198 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5199 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
5200 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5201 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005202
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005203 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5204 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5205 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005206 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005207 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005208 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005209 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005210 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005211
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005212 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005213 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5214 return ResultTy;
5215
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005216 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5217 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5218 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5219 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5220 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5221 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005222 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005223 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00005224 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005225 if (T.isNull()) {
5226 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5227 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5228 return QualType();
5229 }
5230
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005231 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5232 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005233 return ResultTy;
5234 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005235 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5236 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5237 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5238 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5239 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5240 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5241 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5242 }
5243 } else if (!isRelational &&
5244 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5245 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5246 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5247 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5248 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5249 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5250 }
5251 } else {
5252 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005253 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005254 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005255 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005256 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005257 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005258 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005259 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005260
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005261 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005262 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005263 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005264 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005265 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5266 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005267 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005268 return ResultTy;
5269 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005270 if (LHSIsNull &&
5271 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5272 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005273 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005274 return ResultTy;
5275 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005276
5277 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005278 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005279 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5280 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005281 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5282 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5283 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5284 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5285 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5286 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5287 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5288 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005289 // types.
5290 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
5291 if (T.isNull()) {
5292 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5293 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5294 return QualType();
5295 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005296
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005297 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5298 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005299 return ResultTy;
5300 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005301
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005302 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005303 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5304 return ResultTy;
5305 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005306
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005307 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005308 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005309 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5310 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005311
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005312 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005313 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005314 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005315 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005316 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005317 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005318 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005319 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005320 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005321 if (!isRelational
5322 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5323 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005324 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005325 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005326 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005327 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005328 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5329 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5330 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005331 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005332 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005333 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005334 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005335
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005336 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005337 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005338 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5339 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005340 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005341 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005342 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005343 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005344
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005345 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5346 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005347 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005348 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005349 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005350 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005351 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005352 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005353 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005354 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005355 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5356 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005357 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005358 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005359 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005360 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005361 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005362 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5363 if (RHSIsNull) {
5364 if (isRelational)
5365 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5366 } else if (isRelational)
5367 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5368 else
5369 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005370
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005371 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005372 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005373 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005374 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005375 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005376 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005377 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005378 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005379 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5380 if (LHSIsNull) {
5381 if (isRelational)
5382 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5383 } else if (isRelational)
5384 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5385 else
5386 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005387
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005388 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005389 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005390 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005391 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005392 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005393 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005394 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005395 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005396 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5397 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005398 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005399 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005400 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005401 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5402 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005403 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005404 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005405 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005406 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005407}
5408
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005409/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005410/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005411/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5412/// types.
5413QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005414 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005415 bool isRelational) {
5416 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5417 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005418 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005419 if (vType.isNull())
5420 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005421
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005422 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5423 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005424
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005425 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5426 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5427 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5428 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5429 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5430 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5431 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005432 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005433 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005434
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005435 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5436 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5437 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005438 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005439 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005440
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005441 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5442 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5443 // elements for floating point vectors.
5444 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5445 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005446
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005447 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005448 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005449 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005450 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005451 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005452 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5453
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005454 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005455 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005456 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5457}
5458
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005459inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005460 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005461 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005462 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005463
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005464 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005465
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005466 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005467 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005468 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005469}
5470
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005471inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005472 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005473 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5474 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5475 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005476
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005477 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5478 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005479
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005480 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005481 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005482
5483 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5484 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5485 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5486 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5487 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5488 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5489 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005490
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005491 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
5492 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
5493 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5494
5495 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5496 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5497 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5498 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5499
5500 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
5501 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
5502 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5503
5504 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5505 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5506 // The result is a bool.
5507 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005508}
5509
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005510/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5511/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5512/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5513///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005514static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005515 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5516 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5517 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5518 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005519 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005520 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5521 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5522 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5523 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005524 }
5525 }
5526 return false;
5527}
5528
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005529/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5530/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5531static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005532 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005533 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005534 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005535 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5536 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005537 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5538 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005539
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005540 unsigned Diag = 0;
5541 bool NeedType = false;
5542 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
5543 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
5544 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005545 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005546 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5547 NeedType = true;
5548 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005549 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005550 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5551 NeedType = true;
5552 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005553 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005554 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5555 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005556 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005557 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5558 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005559 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5560 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005561 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005562 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5563 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005564 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005565 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5566 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005567 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005568 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5569 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005570 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5571 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5572 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005573 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5574 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5575 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane8d28902009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005576 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5577 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5578 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005579 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005580
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005581 SourceRange Assign;
5582 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5583 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005584 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005585 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005586 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005587 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005588 return true;
5589}
5590
5591
5592
5593// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005594QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5595 SourceLocation Loc,
5596 QualType CompoundType) {
5597 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5598 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005599 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005600
5601 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5602 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005603
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005604 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005605 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005606 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005607 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005608 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5609 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5610 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005611 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005612 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005613 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005614 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005615
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005616 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5617 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5618 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005619 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005620 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5621 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5622 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5623 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5624 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005625 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005626 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005627 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5628 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5629 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005630 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5631 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005632 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5633 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5634 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005635 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005636 }
5637 } else {
5638 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005639 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005640 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005641
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005642 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5643 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005644 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005645
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005646 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5647 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005648 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005649 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5650 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005651 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005652 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005653 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005654}
5655
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005656// C99 6.5.17
5657QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005658 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005659 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005660
5661 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5662 // incomplete in C++).
5663
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005664 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005665}
5666
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005667/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5668/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005669QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5670 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005671 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5672 return Context.DependentTy;
5673
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005674 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5675 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005676
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005677 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5678 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5679 if (!isInc) {
5680 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5681 return QualType();
5682 }
5683 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5685 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005686 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005687 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5688 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005689
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005690 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005691 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005692 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5693 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5694 << Op->getSourceRange();
5695 return QualType();
5696 }
5697
5698 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005699 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005700 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005701 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5702 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5703 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5704 return QualType();
5705 }
5706
5707 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005708 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005709 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005710 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005711 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005712 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005713 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005714 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5715 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5716 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5717 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5718 return QualType();
5719 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005720 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5721 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5722 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005723 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005724 } else {
5725 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005726 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005727 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005728 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005729 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005730 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005731 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005732 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005733 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005734}
5735
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005736/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005737/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005738/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5739/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5740/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5741/// - &(x) => x
5742/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5743/// - &s.xx => s
5744/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5745/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5746/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5747/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005748static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005749 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005750 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005751 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005752 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005753 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5754 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5755 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005756 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005757 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005758 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005759 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005760 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005761 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5762 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005763 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5764 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5765 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5766 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5767 }
5768 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005769 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005770 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5771 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005772
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005773 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005774 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5775 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5776 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5777 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5778 default:
5779 return 0;
5780 }
5781 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005782 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005783 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005784 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005785 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5786 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005787 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005788 default:
5789 return 0;
5790 }
5791}
5792
5793/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005794/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005795/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005796/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005797/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005798/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005799/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005800QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005801 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5802 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5803
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005804 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5805 return Context.DependentTy;
5806
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005807 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5808 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5809 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5810 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5811 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5812 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5813 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5814 }
5815 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5816 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5817 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005818 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005819 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005820
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005821 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5822 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005823 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005824 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005825 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005826 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5827 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005828 return QualType();
5829 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005830 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005831 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5832 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5833 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005834 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005835 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5836 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005837 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005838 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005839 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005840 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005841 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5842 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5843 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5844 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5845 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005846 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5847 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005848 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5849 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005850 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5851 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005852 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005853 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005854 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5855 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005856 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005857 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5858 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005859 return QualType();
5860 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005861 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005862 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005863 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005864 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005865 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5866 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005867 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005868 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005869 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5870 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005871 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005872 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5873 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5874 return QualType();
5875 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005876
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005877 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5878 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005879 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005880 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005881 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005882 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005883 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005884 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5885 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005886 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5887 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5888 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005889 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005890 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005891
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005892 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5893 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5894 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5895 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5896 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5897 }
5898
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005899 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005900 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005901}
5902
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005903QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005904 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5905 return Context.DependentTy;
5906
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005907 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5908 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005909
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005910 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5911 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5912 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5913 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005914 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005915 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005916
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005917 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005918 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005919
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005920 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005921 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005922 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005923}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005924
5925static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5926 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5927 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5928 switch (Kind) {
5929 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005930 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5931 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005932 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5933 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5934 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5935 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5936 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5937 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5938 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5939 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5940 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5941 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5942 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5943 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5944 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5945 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5946 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5947 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5948 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5949 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5950 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5951 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5952 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5953 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5954 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5955 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5956 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5957 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5958 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5959 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5960 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5961 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5962 }
5963 return Opc;
5964}
5965
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005966static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5967 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5968 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5969 switch (Kind) {
5970 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5971 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5972 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5973 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5974 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5975 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5976 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5977 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5978 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005979 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5980 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005981 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005982 }
5983 return Opc;
5984}
5985
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005986/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5987/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5988/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005989Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5990 unsigned Op,
5991 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005992 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005993 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005994 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5995 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5996 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005997
5998 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005999 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6000 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6001 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006002 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6003 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6004 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6005 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6006 break;
6007 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006008 case BinaryOperator::Div:
6009 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6010 break;
6011 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6012 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6013 break;
6014 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6015 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6016 break;
6017 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6018 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6019 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006020 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006021 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6022 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6023 break;
6024 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6025 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6026 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6027 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006028 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006029 break;
6030 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6031 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006032 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006033 break;
6034 case BinaryOperator::And:
6035 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6036 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6037 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6038 break;
6039 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6040 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6041 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6042 break;
6043 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6044 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006045 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6046 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6047 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6048 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006049 break;
6050 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006051 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6052 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6053 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6054 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006055 break;
6056 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006057 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6058 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6059 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006060 break;
6061 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006062 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6063 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6064 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006065 break;
6066 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6067 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006068 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6069 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6070 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6071 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006072 break;
6073 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6074 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6075 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006076 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6077 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6078 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6079 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006080 break;
6081 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6082 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6083 break;
6084 }
6085 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006086 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006087 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006088 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6089 else
6090 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006091 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6092 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006093}
6094
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006095/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6096/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006097static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6098 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
6099 SourceRange ParenRange)
6100{
6101 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6102 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6103 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6104 // warning/error and return.
6105 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6106 return;
6107 }
6108
6109 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
6110 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6111 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
6112}
6113
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006114/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6115/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6116/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6117/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006118static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6119 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006120 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6121 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6122 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6123 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006124 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006125 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006126 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6127
6128 // Subs are not binary operators.
6129 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6130 return;
6131
6132 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6133 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006134 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6135 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006136 return;
6137
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006138 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006139 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6140 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006141 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6142 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
6143 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6144 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006145 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
6146 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006147 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6148 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
6149 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006150}
6151
6152/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6153/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6154/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6155static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6156 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006157 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006158 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6159}
6160
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006161// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006162Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6163 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6164 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006165 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006166 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006167
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006168 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6169 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006170
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006171 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6172 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6173
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006174 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6175}
6176
6177Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6178 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6179 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006180 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006181 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006182 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6183 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6184 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6185 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6186 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00006187 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006188 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6189 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006190 if (S)
6191 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6192 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006193 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006194 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006195 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006196 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00006197 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006198
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006199 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6200 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006201 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006202 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006203
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006204 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006205 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006206}
6207
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006208Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006209 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006210 ExprArg InputArg) {
6211 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006212
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006213 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006214 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006215 QualType resultType;
6216 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006217 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6218 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6219 break;
6220
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006221 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6222 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006223 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6224 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006225 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006226 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6227 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006228 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006229 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006230 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006231 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006232 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00006233 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006234 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006235 break;
6236 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6237 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006238 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6239 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006240 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6241 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006242 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6243 break;
6244 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6245 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6246 break;
6247 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6248 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6249 resultType->isPointerType())
6250 break;
6251
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006252 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6253 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006254 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006255 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6256 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006257 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6258 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006259 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6260 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6261 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006262 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006263 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006264 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006265 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6266 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006267 break;
6268 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006269 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006270 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
6271 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006272 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6273 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006274 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006275 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6276 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006277 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006278 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6279 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006280 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006281 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006282 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006283 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006284 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006285 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006286 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006287 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006288 }
6289 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006290 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006291
6292 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006293 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006294}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006295
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006296Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6297 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6298 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006299 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006300 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6301 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006302 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6303 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6304 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6305 // the arguments.
6306 FunctionSet Functions;
6307 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
6308 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006309 if (S)
6310 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6311 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006312 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006313 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00006314 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006315 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006316
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006317 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6318 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006319
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006320 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6321}
6322
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006323// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6324Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6325 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6326 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6327}
6328
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006329/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006330Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6331 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6332 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006333 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006334 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006335
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006336 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6337 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006338 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006339 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006340
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006341 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006342 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6343 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006344}
6345
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006346Sema::OwningExprResult
6347Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6348 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6349 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006350 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6351 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6352
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006353 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006354 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006355 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006356
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006357 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6358 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6359 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006360
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006361 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6362 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6363 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006364
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006365 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6366 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6367 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6368 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6369 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006370
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006371 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006372 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006373 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006374
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006375 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6376 // expressions are not lvalues.
6377
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006378 substmt.release();
6379 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006380}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006381
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006382Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6383 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6384 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6385 TypeTy *argty,
6386 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6387 unsigned NumComponents,
6388 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6389 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6390 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006391 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6392 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006393 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006394
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006395 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6396
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006397 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6398 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6399 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006400 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006401 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006402
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006403 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6404 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006405
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006406 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6407 // the offsetof designators.
6408 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6409 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006410 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006411 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006412
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006413 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6414 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006415 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6416 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006417 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006418 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6419 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006420
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006421 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006422 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006423
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006424 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6425 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6426 return ExprError();
6427
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006428 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6429 // leaks like a sieve.
6430 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6431 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6432 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6433 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6434 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6435 if (!AT) {
6436 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006437 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6438 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006439 }
6440
6441 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6442
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006443 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6444 // expression.
6445 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
6446
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006447 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6448 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006449 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006450 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006451 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006452 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006453 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006454
6455 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6456 OC.LocEnd);
6457 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006458 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006459
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006460 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006461 if (!RC) {
6462 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006463 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6464 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006465 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006466
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006467 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6468 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006469 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00006470 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +00006471 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
6472 case Unevaluated:
6473 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
6474 break;
6475
6476 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6477 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6478 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6479 << Res->getType());
6480 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
6481 break;
6482
6483 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00006484 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(BuiltinLoc,
6485 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6486 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6487 << Res->getType());
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +00006488 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
6489 break;
6490 }
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00006491 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006492 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006493
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006494 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6495 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006496
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006497 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006498 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006499 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006500 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6501 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006502
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006503 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6504 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006505 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006506 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006507 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006508 } else {
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00006509 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, MemberDecl);
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006510 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6511 // doesn't matter here.
6512 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6513 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6514 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006515 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006516 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006517
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006518 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6519 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006520}
6521
6522
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006523Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6524 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6525 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006526 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6527 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6528 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006529
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006530 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006531
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006532 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6533 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6534 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6535 return ExprError();
6536 }
6537
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006538 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6539 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006540}
6541
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006542Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6543 ExprArg cond,
6544 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6545 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6546 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6547 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6548 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006549
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006550 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6551
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006552 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006553 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006554 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006555 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006556 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006557 } else {
6558 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6559 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6560 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6561 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006562 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6563 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6564 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006565
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006566 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6567 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006568 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6569 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006570 }
6571
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006572 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6573 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006574 resType, RPLoc,
6575 resType->isDependentType(),
6576 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006577}
6578
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006579//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6580// Clang Extensions.
6581//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6582
6583/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006584void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006585 // Analyze block parameters.
6586 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006587
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006588 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6589 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6590 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006591
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006592 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006593 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006594 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006595 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006596 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6597 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006598
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006599 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Ted Kremenek54ad1ab2009-12-07 22:01:30 +00006600 CurContext->addDecl(BSI->TheDecl);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006601 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006602}
6603
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006604void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006605 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006606
6607 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6608 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006609 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006610 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6611
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006612 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6613 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6614 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6615 return;
6616 }
6617
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006618 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6619 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6620 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6621
6622 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6623 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006624 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006625 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006626 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006627 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006628 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6629 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006630 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006631
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006632 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6633 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6634 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6635 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6636 return;
6637 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006638 return;
6639 }
6640
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006641 // Analyze arguments to block.
6642 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6643 "Not a function declarator!");
6644 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006645
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006646 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6647 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006648
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006649 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6650 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6651 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6652 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006653 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6654 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006655 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006656 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006657 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6658 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006659 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006660 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006661 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006662 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006663 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006664 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006665 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006666 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6667 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6668 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6669 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6670 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006671
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006672 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006673 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006674 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006675 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006676 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006677 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6678 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006679
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006680 // Analyze the return type.
6681 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006682 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006683
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006684 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6685 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6686 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6687 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6688 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006689 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006690}
6691
6692/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6693/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6694void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6695 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6696 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006697
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006698 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6699
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006700 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006701 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006702 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006703 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006704}
6705
6706/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6707/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006708Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6709 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006710 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6711 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6712 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006713
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006714 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6715 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006716
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006717 PopDeclContext();
6718
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006719 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6720 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006721
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006722 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006723 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6724 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006725
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006726 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6727 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6728 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006729
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006730 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006731 QualType BlockTy;
6732 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006733 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6734 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006735 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006736 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006737 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6738 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006739
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006740 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006741 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006742 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006743
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006744 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6745 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6746 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6747 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006748
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006749 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006750 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006751 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6752 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006753}
6754
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006755Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6756 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6757 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006758 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006759 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6760 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006761
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006762 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006763
6764 // Get the va_list type
6765 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006766 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6767 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6768 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6769 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006770 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006771 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6772 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6773 } else {
6774 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6775 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006776 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006777 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006778 return ExprError();
6779 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006780
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006781 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6782 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006783 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6784 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006785 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006786 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006787
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006788 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006789 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006790
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006791 expr.release();
6792 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6793 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006794}
6795
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006796Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006797 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6798 // pointers on the target.
6799 QualType Ty;
6800 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6801 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6802 else
6803 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6804
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006805 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006806}
6807
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006808static void
6809MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6810 QualType DstType,
6811 Expr *SrcExpr,
6812 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6813 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6814 return;
6815
6816 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6817 if (!PT)
6818 return;
6819
6820 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6821 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6822 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6823 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6824 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6825 return;
6826 }
6827
6828 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6829 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6830 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6831 return;
6832
6833 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6834}
6835
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006836bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6837 SourceLocation Loc,
6838 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6839 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6840 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6841 bool isInvalid = false;
6842 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006843 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6844
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006845 switch (ConvTy) {
6846 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6847 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006848 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006849 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6850 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006851 case IntToPointer:
6852 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6853 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006854 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006855 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006856 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6857 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006858 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6859 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6860 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006861 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6862 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6863 break;
6864 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006865 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6866 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6867 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6868 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6869 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6870 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6871 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6872 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6873 // C++ semantics.
6874 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6875 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6876 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006877 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6878 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006879 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006880 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006881 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006882 case IntToBlockPointer:
6883 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6884 break;
6885 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006886 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006887 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006888 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006889 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006890 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6891 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6892 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006893 case IncompatibleVectors:
6894 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6895 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006896 case Incompatible:
6897 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6898 isInvalid = true;
6899 break;
6900 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006901
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006902 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006903 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006904 return isInvalid;
6905}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006906
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006907bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006908 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6909 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6910 if (Result)
6911 *Result = ICEResult;
6912 return false;
6913 }
6914
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006915 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6916
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006917 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006918 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6919 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6920
6921 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6922 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6923 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6924 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6925 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6926 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6927 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006928
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006929 return true;
6930 }
6931
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006932 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6933 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006934
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006935 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6936 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6937 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006938
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006939 if (Result)
6940 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6941 return false;
6942}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006943
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006944void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006945Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006946 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
6947 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006948}
6949
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006950void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006951Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
6952 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
6953 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
6954 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006955
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00006956 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6957 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
6958 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6959 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6960 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6961 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
6962 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
6963 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
6964 I != IEnd; ++I)
6965 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6966 }
6967
6968 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
6969 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
6970 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
6971 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
6972 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
6973 I != IEnd; ++I)
6974 Diag(I->first, I->second);
6975 }
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006976 }
6977
6978 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
6979 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
6980 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
6981 // will never be constructed.
6982 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
6983 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
6984 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
6985 ExprTemporaries.end());
6986
6987 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
6988 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006989}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006990
6991/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6992///
6993/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6994/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6995/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6996/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6997///
6998/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6999///
7000/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7001void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7002 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007003
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007004 if (D->isUsed())
7005 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007006
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007007 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7008 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7009 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7010 // -Wunused-parameters)
7011 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
7012 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007013 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007014
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007015 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7016 // an instantiation.
7017 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7018 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007019
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007020 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007021 case Unevaluated:
7022 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7023 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007024
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007025 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7026 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7027 // "used"; handle this below.
7028 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007029
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007030 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7031 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7032 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7033 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007034 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007035 return;
7036 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007037
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007038 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007039 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007040 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007041 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7042 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7043 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007044 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00007045 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007046 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7047 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7048 }
Anders Carlsson82fccd02009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007049
7050 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007051 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7052 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7053 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007054
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007055 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7056 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7057 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7058 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7059 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7060 }
7061 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007062 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007063 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007064 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007065 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007066 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7067 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7068 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7069 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7070 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007071 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7072 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007073 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7074 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
7075 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7076 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7077 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007078 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
7079 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007080 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7081 }
7082
7083 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
7084 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
7085 }
7086
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007087 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007088 Function->setUsed(true);
7089 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007090 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007091
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007092 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007093 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007094 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007095 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7096 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7097 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7098 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7099 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7100 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7101 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7102 }
7103 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007104
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007105 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007106
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007107 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007108 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007109 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007110}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007111
7112bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7113 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7114 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7115 return false;
7116
7117 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7118 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7119 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7120 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
7121
7122 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
7123 FD ?
7124 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7125 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
7126 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
7127 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7128 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7129 return true;
7130
7131 return false;
7132}
7133
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007134// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7135// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7136void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7137 SourceLocation Loc;
7138
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007139 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7140
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007141 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7142 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7143 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7144 return;
7145
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007146 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7147 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7148 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7149 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7150
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007151 // self = [<foo> init...]
7152 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7153 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7154 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7155
7156 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7157 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7158 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7159 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7160 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007161
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007162 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7163 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7164 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7165 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7166 return;
7167
7168 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7169 } else {
7170 // Not an assignment.
7171 return;
7172 }
7173
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007174 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007175 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007176
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007177 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007178 << E->getSourceRange()
7179 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7180 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
7181}
7182
7183bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7184 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7185
7186 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
7187 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
7188
7189 QualType T = E->getType();
7190
7191 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7192 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7193 return true;
7194 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7195 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7196 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7197 return true;
7198 }
7199 }
7200
7201 return false;
7202}